1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "common/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "common/array-view.h"
86 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
89 enum exception_event_kind
96 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
98 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
99 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
104 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
105 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
106 enum bptype type_wanted
);
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
109 struct linespec_result
*,
110 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
113 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
118 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
119 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
120 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
122 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
123 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
127 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
130 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
131 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
135 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
136 struct symtab_and_line
,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
146 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
148 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
152 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
153 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
154 struct obj_section
*, int);
156 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
157 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
159 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
160 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
164 const address_space
*,
167 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
168 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
170 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
176 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
178 int *other_type_used
);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
183 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
184 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
185 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
187 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
189 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
190 insert locations now. */
191 enum ugll_insert_mode
193 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
194 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
195 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
196 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
197 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
198 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
199 returns true on them.
201 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
202 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
203 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
204 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
205 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
206 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
210 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
211 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
214 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
215 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
216 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
217 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
218 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
219 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
220 as no thread is running yet. */
224 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
228 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
230 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
232 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
234 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
236 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
238 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
240 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
243 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
246 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
247 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
254 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
258 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
260 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
263 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
264 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
266 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
267 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
268 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
269 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
270 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
271 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
273 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
274 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
275 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
276 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
282 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
284 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
285 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
286 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
287 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
289 static char *dprintf_function
;
291 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
292 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
293 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
294 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
295 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
296 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
297 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
299 static char *dprintf_channel
;
301 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
303 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
305 struct command_line
*
306 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
308 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
311 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
312 current breakpoint. */
314 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
317 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
319 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
320 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
322 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
324 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
327 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
328 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
329 if such is available. */
330 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
333 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
334 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
337 fprintf_filtered (file
,
338 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
339 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
343 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
345 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
346 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
347 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
349 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
350 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
353 fprintf_filtered (file
,
354 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
355 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
359 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
360 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
361 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
362 use hardware breakpoints. */
363 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
365 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
366 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
369 fprintf_filtered (file
,
370 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
374 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
375 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
376 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
377 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
378 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
379 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
380 processing user input. */
381 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
387 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
391 /* See breakpoint.h. */
394 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
396 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
398 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
399 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
400 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
403 else if (target_has_execution
)
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1012 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1013 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1014 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1016 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1017 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1019 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1020 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1021 command directly. */
1022 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1023 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1025 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1026 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1030 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1032 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1035 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1038 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1040 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1041 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1042 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1046 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1048 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1052 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1054 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1057 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1060 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1061 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1065 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1066 b
= new tracepoint ();
1067 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1068 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1070 b
= new breakpoint ();
1072 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1075 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1076 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1080 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1081 struct command_line
*commands
)
1083 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1085 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1086 struct command_line
*c
;
1087 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1089 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1090 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1094 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1095 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1096 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1097 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1098 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1099 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1100 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1101 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1102 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1103 tracepoint's context. */
1104 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1106 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1108 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1109 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1110 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1111 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1112 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1113 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1116 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1117 "can be used only once"));
1122 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1126 struct command_line
*c2
;
1128 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1129 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1130 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1132 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1133 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1143 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1144 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1146 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1147 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1149 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1150 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1151 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1154 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1156 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1157 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1158 found
.push_back (b
);
1164 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1165 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1168 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1169 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1171 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1173 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1174 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1177 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1178 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1182 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1184 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1187 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1188 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1191 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1192 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1195 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1197 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1200 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1201 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1204 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1205 breakpoint work for any task. */
1208 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1210 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1213 if (old_task
!= task
)
1214 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1218 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1219 struct command_line
*control
)
1221 counted_command_line cmd
;
1222 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1223 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1224 list of command by just typing "end". */
1225 bool cmd_read
= false;
1227 std::string new_arg
;
1229 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1231 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1232 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1234 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1235 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1236 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1239 map_breakpoint_numbers
1240 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1244 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1245 if (control
!= NULL
)
1246 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1250 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1251 "%s, one per line."),
1254 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1256 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1258 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1259 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1260 validator
= do_validate
;
1262 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1273 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1279 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1284 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1285 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1287 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1288 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1289 enum command_control_type
1290 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1292 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1293 return simple_control
;
1296 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1299 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1301 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1305 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1306 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1311 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1312 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1315 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1316 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1317 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1320 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1321 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1322 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1323 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1324 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1326 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1327 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1331 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1332 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1334 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1338 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1340 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1341 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1343 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1345 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1350 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1352 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1357 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1358 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1360 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1361 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1362 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1366 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1368 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1369 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1372 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1374 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1375 shadow_contents buffer. */
1376 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1377 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1378 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1380 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1382 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1383 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1387 const unsigned char *bp
;
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1391 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1392 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1393 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1395 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1397 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1399 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1400 breakpoint's INSN. */
1401 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1405 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1406 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1408 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1410 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1412 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1413 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1414 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1415 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1416 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1417 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1418 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1419 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1421 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1424 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1425 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1426 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1428 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1430 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1432 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1433 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1434 report higher one. */
1437 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1438 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1440 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1442 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1443 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1445 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1446 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1447 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1448 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1450 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1451 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1452 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1454 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1456 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1464 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1465 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1466 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1467 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1470 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1472 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1473 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1474 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1477 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1480 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1482 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1484 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1486 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1487 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1488 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1491 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1494 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1495 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1496 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1499 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1502 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1503 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1513 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1515 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1517 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1520 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1523 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1525 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1527 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1530 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1534 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1536 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1537 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1540 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1541 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1542 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1543 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1544 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1545 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1546 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1547 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1550 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1552 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1553 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1554 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1555 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1558 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1559 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1564 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1566 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1567 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1568 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1569 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1570 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1572 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1575 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1578 static struct value
*
1579 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1581 struct value
*bit_val
;
1586 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1588 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1591 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1598 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1599 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1600 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1601 to be able to report stops. */
1604 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1605 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1607 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1609 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1610 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1611 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1612 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1615 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1616 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1619 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1621 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1623 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1624 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1625 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1628 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1629 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1630 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1631 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1633 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1635 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1636 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1639 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1640 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1641 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1642 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1643 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1644 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1645 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1646 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1648 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1649 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1650 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1651 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1652 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1653 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1654 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1655 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1658 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1659 hardware watchpoints:
1661 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1662 called several times when GDB stops.
1665 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1666 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1667 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1668 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1669 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1670 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1671 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1672 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1673 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1674 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1675 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1677 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1678 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1681 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1683 int within_current_scope
;
1684 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1693 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1698 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1699 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1700 within_current_scope
= 1;
1703 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1704 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1705 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1707 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1708 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1709 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1710 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1711 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1714 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1715 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1716 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1717 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1720 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1722 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1723 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1724 if (within_current_scope
)
1728 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1729 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1730 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1733 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1738 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1739 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1740 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1741 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1742 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1743 be completely different objects. */
1747 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1748 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1749 locations (re)created below. */
1750 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1752 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1755 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1759 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1760 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1761 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1762 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1763 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1764 if (!target_has_execution
)
1766 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1767 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1768 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1769 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1771 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1772 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1774 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1775 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1778 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1781 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1782 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1783 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1785 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1787 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1788 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1789 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1790 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1791 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1793 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1795 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1796 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1797 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1801 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1803 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1804 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1805 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1809 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1810 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1811 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1812 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1813 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1814 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1815 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1817 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1819 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1820 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1821 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1823 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1824 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1827 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1828 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1829 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1831 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1833 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1835 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1836 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1838 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1840 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1841 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1842 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1843 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1844 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1847 addr
= value_address (v
);
1850 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1855 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1871 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1872 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1875 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1890 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1892 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1896 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1912 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1913 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1931 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1933 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1966 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1967 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1975 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2023 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2024 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2025 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2027 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2028 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2029 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2031 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2032 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2033 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2034 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2035 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2036 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2037 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2038 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2039 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2043 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2044 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2045 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2046 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2051 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2052 instruction that triggered one. */
2053 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2054 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2058 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2059 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2060 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2061 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2070 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2071 that the location is not duplicated. */
2074 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2077 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2080 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2081 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2085 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2086 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2087 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2088 any error during parsing. */
2090 static agent_expr_up
2091 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2096 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2098 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2099 that may show up. */
2102 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2105 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2107 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2108 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2109 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2112 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2116 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2117 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2118 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2119 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2120 one of them is true. */
2123 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2125 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2126 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2127 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2128 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2130 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2131 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2133 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2134 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2135 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2137 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2138 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2141 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2142 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2143 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2144 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2145 response back to GDB. */
2146 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2149 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2153 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2154 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2155 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2156 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2157 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2161 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2162 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2163 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2165 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2171 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2172 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2173 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2175 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2176 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2177 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2182 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2184 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2186 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2189 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2194 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2195 for this location's address. */
2196 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2200 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2201 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2202 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2205 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2206 to send the conditions to the target. */
2207 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2214 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2215 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2216 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2218 static agent_expr_up
2219 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2221 const char *cmdrest
;
2222 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2223 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2230 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2232 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2234 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2235 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2237 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2239 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2241 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2243 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2244 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2246 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2248 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2249 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2251 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2253 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2255 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2257 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2258 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2263 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2264 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2266 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2270 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2272 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2273 that may show up. */
2276 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2277 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2278 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2280 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2282 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2283 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2284 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2287 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2291 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2292 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2293 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2296 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2298 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2299 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2300 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2301 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2303 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2304 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2306 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2309 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2310 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2313 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2314 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2315 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2317 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2320 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2321 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2322 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2326 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2327 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2328 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2329 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2330 response back to GDB. */
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2338 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2339 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2340 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2341 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2343 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2344 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2347 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2348 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2349 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2351 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2357 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2359 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2361 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2364 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2365 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2367 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2369 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2372 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2377 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2378 for this location's address. */
2379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2382 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2383 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2384 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2385 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2388 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2389 to send the commands to the target. */
2390 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2394 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2395 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2396 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2397 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2400 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2401 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2402 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2406 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2408 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2410 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2411 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2413 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2415 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2419 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2422 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2423 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2424 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2425 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2428 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2429 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2431 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2432 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2433 int *disabled_breaks
,
2434 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2435 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2437 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2439 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2442 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2443 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2444 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2445 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2446 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2447 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2448 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2449 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2450 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2451 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2452 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2453 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2455 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2456 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2457 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2458 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2460 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2462 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2463 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2464 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2465 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2468 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2471 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2473 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2474 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2475 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2477 Two important cases are:
2478 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2479 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2480 hardware breakpoint.
2481 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2482 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2483 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2486 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2487 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2488 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2489 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2491 struct mem_region
*mr
2492 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2496 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2498 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2500 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2501 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2503 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2505 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2507 static int said
= 0;
2509 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2512 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2513 _("Note: automatically using "
2514 "hardware breakpoints for "
2515 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2520 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2521 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2523 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2524 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2525 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2526 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2528 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2534 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2535 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2536 || bl
->section
== NULL
2537 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2539 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2544 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2546 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2548 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2550 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2555 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2556 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2557 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2559 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2560 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2561 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2562 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2563 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2567 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2569 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2570 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2571 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2573 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2578 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2579 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2580 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2581 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2582 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2585 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2587 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2589 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2592 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2594 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2595 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2599 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2600 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2602 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2607 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2609 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2611 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2613 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2618 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2619 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2624 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2626 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2628 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2629 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2630 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2631 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2632 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2633 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2634 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2635 errors as memory errors. */
2636 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2637 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2638 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2639 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2640 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2641 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2644 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2645 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2646 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2647 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2650 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2652 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2653 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2654 "library breakpoints:\n");
2656 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2658 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2663 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2665 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2666 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2667 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2668 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2670 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2671 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2677 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2680 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2681 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2683 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2684 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2686 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2690 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2691 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2706 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2707 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2708 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2709 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2713 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2714 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2716 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2718 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2719 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2720 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2722 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2724 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2725 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2727 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2729 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2730 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2734 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2735 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2742 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2743 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2746 /* Back to the original value. */
2747 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2751 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2754 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2759 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2761 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2764 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2768 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2769 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2771 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2774 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2776 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2777 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2778 so just return success. */
2785 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2786 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2790 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2792 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2793 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2795 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2798 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2799 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2802 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2803 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2806 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2808 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2812 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2814 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2815 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2817 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2823 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2824 removed locations above. */
2825 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2828 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2829 Throws exception on any error.
2830 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2831 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2833 insert_breakpoints (void)
2835 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2838 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2840 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2842 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2845 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2846 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2847 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2848 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2851 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2854 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2856 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2858 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2860 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2864 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2865 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2866 always-inserted mode. */
2869 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2871 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2874 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2875 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2876 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2878 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2880 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2881 there was an error. */
2882 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2884 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2886 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2888 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2890 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2893 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2894 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2895 deletion of breakpoints. */
2896 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2899 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2901 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2902 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2903 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2904 insert breakpoints. */
2905 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2906 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2909 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2910 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2917 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2918 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2922 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2925 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2927 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2928 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2931 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2932 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2933 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2935 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2937 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2938 there was an error. */
2939 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2941 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2945 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2948 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2949 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2950 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2951 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2952 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2955 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2957 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2958 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2959 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2960 insert breakpoints. */
2961 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2962 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2965 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2966 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2971 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2972 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2975 int some_failed
= 0;
2976 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2978 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2981 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2984 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2987 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2988 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2995 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2997 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2999 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3000 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3001 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3009 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3010 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3011 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3013 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3014 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3016 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3017 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3021 /* Used when the program stops.
3022 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3023 removing a breakpoint location. */
3026 remove_breakpoints (void)
3028 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3033 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3034 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3039 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3043 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3045 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3049 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3051 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3053 printf_filtered (_("\
3054 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3055 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3057 /* Hide it from the user. */
3063 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3066 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3068 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3073 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3076 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3078 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3086 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3088 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3089 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3090 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3091 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3092 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3093 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3095 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3098 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3101 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3102 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3106 static struct breakpoint
*
3107 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3108 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3109 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3111 symtab_and_line sal
;
3113 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3114 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3116 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3117 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3118 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3123 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3125 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3127 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3129 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3130 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3132 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3133 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3135 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3136 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3138 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3139 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3141 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3143 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3145 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3146 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3148 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3149 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3151 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3152 int exception_searched
= 0;
3154 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3156 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3159 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3160 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3162 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3163 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3165 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3168 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3170 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3173 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3174 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3176 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3177 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3179 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3181 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3182 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3183 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3184 return bp_objfile_data
;
3188 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3190 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3192 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3195 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3197 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3199 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3201 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3204 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3206 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3208 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3209 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3211 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3212 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3215 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3218 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3219 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3221 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3222 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3223 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3224 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3226 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3228 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3229 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3233 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3234 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3240 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3242 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3244 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3246 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3248 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3250 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3253 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3254 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3256 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3258 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3260 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3262 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3263 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3267 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3270 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3272 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3273 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3277 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3278 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3281 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3283 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3287 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3288 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3290 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3291 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3292 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3298 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3301 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3304 const char *func_name
;
3306 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3308 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3311 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3312 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3314 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3316 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3317 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3319 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3320 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3323 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3326 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3327 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3328 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3329 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3330 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3331 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3332 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3338 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3340 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3342 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3343 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3345 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3347 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3351 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3353 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3356 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3357 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3359 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3361 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3364 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3366 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3368 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3369 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3370 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3372 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3373 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3376 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3379 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3380 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3381 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3382 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3383 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3384 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3385 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3386 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3391 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3394 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3396 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3398 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3400 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3401 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3404 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3406 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3408 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3409 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3411 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3412 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3416 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3419 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3421 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3422 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3426 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3430 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3432 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3434 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3436 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3437 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3438 bp_exception_master
,
3439 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3440 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3441 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3447 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3449 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3452 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3454 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3456 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3458 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3459 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3461 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3465 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3468 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3469 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3470 current_top_target ());
3471 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3472 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3473 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3474 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3475 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3476 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3480 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3483 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3485 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3489 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3491 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3492 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3494 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3495 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3496 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3497 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3498 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3499 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3500 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3501 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3502 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3503 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3504 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3506 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3508 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3511 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3512 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3518 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3519 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3521 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3525 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3526 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3527 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3528 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3529 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3531 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3535 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3536 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3538 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3542 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3543 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3545 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3549 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3551 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3552 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3553 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3555 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3559 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3561 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3562 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3563 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3564 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3568 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3569 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3570 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3571 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3572 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3573 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3575 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3576 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3577 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3578 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3579 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3580 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3581 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3583 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3584 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3585 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3586 let finish_command delete it.
3588 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3589 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3590 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3591 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3592 solib breakpoints.) */
3594 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3599 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3600 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3602 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3604 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3611 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3613 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3615 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3616 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3618 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3619 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3621 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3622 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3623 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3625 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3628 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3629 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3630 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3631 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3632 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3633 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3634 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3638 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3644 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3645 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3646 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3647 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3648 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3651 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3655 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3656 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3658 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3659 This should not ever happen. */
3660 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3662 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3663 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3665 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3666 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3667 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3669 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3670 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3671 || bl
->section
== NULL
3672 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3674 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3676 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3677 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3678 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3679 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3680 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3681 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3682 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3683 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3684 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3685 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3686 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3687 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3688 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3689 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3690 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3691 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3692 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3693 they should always be removed. */
3694 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3695 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3696 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3699 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3703 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3704 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3705 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3707 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3708 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3710 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3711 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3712 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3713 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3714 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3716 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3717 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3720 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3721 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3724 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3725 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3726 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3727 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3729 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3730 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3731 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3732 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3733 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3734 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3740 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3745 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3746 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3747 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3748 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3749 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3750 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3751 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3752 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3753 always-inserted mode. */
3755 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3756 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3757 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3758 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3764 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3766 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3768 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3769 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3771 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3772 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3774 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3775 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3776 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3779 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3780 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3784 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3786 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3790 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3797 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3799 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3800 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3802 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3803 This should not ever happen. */
3804 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3806 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3808 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3810 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3813 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3816 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3818 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3820 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3821 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3825 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3826 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3828 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3831 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3832 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3833 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3838 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3840 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3841 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3843 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3845 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3848 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3852 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3858 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3860 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3861 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3864 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3866 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3868 case bp_shlib_event
:
3870 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3871 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3872 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3873 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3874 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3876 (gdb) file prog-linux
3877 (gdb) run # native linux target
3880 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3881 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3884 case bp_step_resume
:
3886 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3888 case bp_single_step
:
3890 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3896 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3897 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3898 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3902 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3903 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3904 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3907 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3908 valid. New ones will be created in
3909 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3910 The next update_global_location_list call will
3911 garbage collect them. */
3914 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3916 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3917 insert_breakpoints. */
3918 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3929 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3930 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3931 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3932 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3935 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3936 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3937 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3938 match, not program space. */
3940 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3941 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3942 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3943 permanent breakpoint.
3944 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3945 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3946 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3947 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3948 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3950 enum breakpoint_here
3951 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3953 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3954 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3956 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3958 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3959 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3962 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3963 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3965 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3967 if (overlay_debugging
3968 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3969 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3970 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3971 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3972 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3974 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3978 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3981 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3984 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3985 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3987 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3991 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3992 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3995 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3997 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4000 if (overlay_debugging
4001 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4002 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4004 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4015 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4018 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4020 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4021 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4027 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4031 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4032 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4035 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4038 if (overlay_debugging
4039 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4040 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4041 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4048 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4051 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4053 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4055 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4057 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4059 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4060 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4063 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4069 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4073 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4076 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4080 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4082 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4085 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4092 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4095 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4098 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4102 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4104 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4107 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4115 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4116 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4118 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4120 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4122 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4124 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4125 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4128 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4131 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4132 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4136 /* Check for intersection. */
4137 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4138 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4147 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4151 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4153 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4156 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4159 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4161 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4162 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4165 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4166 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4169 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4186 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4188 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4189 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4190 commands (other
.commands
),
4191 print (other
.print
),
4193 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4195 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4196 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4197 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4200 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4201 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4204 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4208 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4213 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4215 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4218 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4228 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4231 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4236 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4238 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4244 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4247 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4249 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4251 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4253 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4255 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4260 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4269 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4270 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4271 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4272 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4274 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4275 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4277 Return 1 otherwise. */
4280 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4285 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4287 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4288 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4289 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4290 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4291 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4293 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4295 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4299 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4302 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4306 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4309 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4310 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4312 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4313 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4317 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4320 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4322 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4324 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4326 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4327 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4328 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4329 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4330 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4334 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4337 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4338 or its equivalent. */
4341 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4343 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4346 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4347 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4348 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4349 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4351 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4352 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4353 bpstat of the current thread. */
4356 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4361 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4363 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4366 scoped_restore save_executing
4367 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4369 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4371 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4374 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4375 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4377 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4379 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4381 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4382 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4383 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4384 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4385 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4386 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4387 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4388 the tree when we're done. */
4389 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4390 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4393 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4395 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4401 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4403 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4409 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4411 if (current_ui
->async
)
4412 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4413 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4414 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4417 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4418 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4419 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4420 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4421 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4422 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4423 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4424 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4425 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4426 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4427 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4428 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4429 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4437 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4438 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4440 static thread_info
*
4441 get_bpstat_thread ()
4443 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4446 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4447 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4453 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4455 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4458 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4459 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4461 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4462 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4463 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4464 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4465 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4469 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4472 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4475 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4478 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4481 struct value_print_options opts
;
4482 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4483 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4487 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4488 debugging multiple threads. */
4491 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4493 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4498 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4501 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4503 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4504 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4506 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4509 uiout
->text (" \"");
4510 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4514 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4518 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4519 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4520 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4521 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4524 static enum print_stop_action
4525 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4527 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4530 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4531 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4535 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4536 relevant messages. */
4537 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4540 case print_it_normal
:
4542 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4544 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4545 which has since been deleted. */
4547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4549 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4550 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4555 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4556 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4561 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4564 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4566 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4567 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4571 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4572 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4574 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4575 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4578 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4579 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4580 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4584 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4585 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4586 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4588 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4591 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4592 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4593 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4599 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4600 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4602 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4605 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4607 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4608 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4613 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4614 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4615 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4616 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4617 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4618 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4619 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4622 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4623 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4624 code to print the location. An example is
4625 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4627 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4628 to also print the location part of the message.
4629 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4630 don't require a location appended to the end.
4631 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4632 further info to be printed. */
4634 enum print_stop_action
4635 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4637 enum print_stop_action val
;
4639 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4640 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4641 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4642 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4643 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4645 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4646 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4647 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4648 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4652 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4653 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4654 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4655 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4657 print_solib_event (0);
4658 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4661 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4662 with and nothing was printed. */
4663 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4666 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4669 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4671 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4672 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4674 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4678 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4680 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4682 bp_location_at (bl
),
4683 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4687 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4689 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4690 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4691 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4696 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4697 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4701 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4705 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4706 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4709 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4711 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4715 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4717 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4718 as not triggered. */
4720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4722 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4724 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4730 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4732 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4733 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4735 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4737 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4739 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4745 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4746 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4750 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4752 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4753 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4755 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4756 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4758 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4760 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4761 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4763 if (newaddr
== start
)
4765 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4769 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4770 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4774 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4783 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4784 enum wp_check_result
4786 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4789 /* The value has changed. */
4790 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4792 /* The value has not changed. */
4793 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4795 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4799 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4800 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4802 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4805 static wp_check_result
4806 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4808 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4809 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4810 int within_current_scope
;
4812 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4813 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4814 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4816 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4817 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4818 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4819 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4822 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4823 within_current_scope
= 1;
4826 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4827 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4830 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4831 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4832 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4833 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4834 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4835 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4836 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4837 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4838 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4839 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4842 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4843 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4845 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4846 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4847 if (within_current_scope
)
4849 struct symbol
*function
;
4851 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4852 if (function
== NULL
4853 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4854 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4855 within_current_scope
= 0;
4858 if (within_current_scope
)
4859 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4860 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4865 if (within_current_scope
)
4867 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4868 time before we return to the command level and call
4869 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4870 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4874 struct value
*new_val
;
4876 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4877 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4878 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4879 a mask watchpoint. */
4880 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4882 mark
= value_mark ();
4883 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4885 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4886 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4888 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4889 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4890 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4891 not what we want. */
4892 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4893 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4896 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4897 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4899 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4900 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4901 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4905 /* Nothing changed. */
4906 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4907 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4912 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4913 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4914 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4915 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4916 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4917 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4918 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4919 the first value assigned). */
4920 /* We print all the stop information in
4921 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4922 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4923 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4926 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4930 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4932 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4933 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4934 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4935 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4936 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4939 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4941 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4947 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4948 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4949 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4952 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4953 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4954 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4956 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4958 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4959 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4961 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4964 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4965 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4968 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4970 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4971 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4973 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4974 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4975 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4976 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4977 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4980 int must_check_value
= 0;
4982 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4983 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4985 must_check_value
= 1;
4986 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4987 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4988 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4990 must_check_value
= 1;
4991 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4992 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4993 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4994 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4995 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4996 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4997 must_check_value
= 1;
4999 if (must_check_value
)
5005 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5007 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5009 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5010 "Error evaluating expression "
5011 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5014 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5016 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5019 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5026 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5027 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5031 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5034 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5035 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5037 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5039 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5040 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5041 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5042 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5043 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5044 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5045 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5048 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5049 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5052 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5053 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5054 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5055 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5057 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5058 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5059 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5062 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5063 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5064 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5065 changes. This still gives false positives when
5066 the program writes the same value to memory as
5067 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5068 it for a read), but it's much better than
5071 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5073 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5075 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5078 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5079 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5081 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5082 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5084 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5085 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5087 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5093 if (other_write_watchpoint
5094 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5096 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5097 and the value changed since the last time we
5098 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5100 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5105 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5106 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5107 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5109 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5110 the value hasn't changed. */
5111 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5121 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5123 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5124 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5125 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5126 anything for this watchpoint. */
5127 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5133 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5134 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5135 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5136 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5139 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5141 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5142 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5144 bool condition_result
= true;
5145 struct expression
*cond
;
5147 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5149 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5150 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5151 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5152 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5153 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5155 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5156 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5157 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5159 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5160 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5166 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5167 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5169 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5170 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5176 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5178 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5180 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5182 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5184 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5187 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5189 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5191 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5192 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5194 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5195 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5196 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5197 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5199 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5201 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5202 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5206 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5207 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5208 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5209 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5210 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5212 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5213 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5216 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5218 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5219 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5220 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5221 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5222 really matter which instantiation of the function
5223 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5224 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5225 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5226 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5227 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5228 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5229 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5230 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5232 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5234 select_frame (frame
);
5236 within_current_scope
= 0;
5238 if (within_current_scope
)
5242 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5244 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5246 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5247 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5252 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5253 "in the current scope"));
5254 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5255 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5257 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5258 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5261 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5265 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5269 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5271 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5275 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5276 on the current target. */
5279 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5281 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5282 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5283 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5284 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5287 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5290 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5291 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5293 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5294 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5298 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5301 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5303 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5304 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5305 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5306 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5307 checked all locations already. */
5308 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5311 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5314 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5317 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5320 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5323 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5324 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5325 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5329 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5330 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5331 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5333 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5335 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5337 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5342 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5343 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5344 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5346 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5348 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5349 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5351 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5352 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5355 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5363 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5366 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5367 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5368 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5371 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5372 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5373 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5375 int need_remove_insert
;
5378 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5379 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5380 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5381 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5382 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5383 inferior function calls. */
5384 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5385 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5387 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5388 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5389 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5391 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5393 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5395 handle_solib_event ();
5400 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5401 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5402 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5406 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5411 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5412 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5415 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5420 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5422 /* We will stop here. */
5423 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5425 --(b
->enable_count
);
5426 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5427 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5432 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5433 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5434 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5437 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5442 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5444 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5445 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5448 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5449 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5450 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5452 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5453 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5454 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5456 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5457 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5459 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5461 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5462 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5465 if (need_remove_insert
)
5466 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5467 else if (removed_any
)
5468 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5474 handle_jit_event (void)
5476 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5477 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5480 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5482 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5483 breakpoint_re_set. */
5484 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5486 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5487 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5489 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5491 target_terminal::inferior ();
5494 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5496 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5499 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5501 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5504 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5505 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5506 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5508 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5510 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5511 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5512 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5515 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5517 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5518 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5522 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5529 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5530 case bp_single_step
:
5533 case bp_shlib_event
:
5537 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5542 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5545 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5546 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5547 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5553 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5557 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5558 This requires no further action. */
5562 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5566 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5567 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5570 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5572 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5573 case bp_exception_resume
:
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5577 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5580 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5582 case bp_step_resume
:
5584 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5587 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5588 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5591 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5593 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5596 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5597 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5600 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5601 case bp_thread_event
:
5602 case bp_overlay_event
:
5603 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5604 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5605 case bp_exception_master
:
5606 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5612 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5614 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5618 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5619 This requires no further action. */
5623 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5626 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5627 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5628 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5631 case bp_std_terminate
:
5632 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5633 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5634 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5635 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5638 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5639 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5640 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5641 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5643 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5644 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5646 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5647 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5650 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5651 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5652 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5653 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5660 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5664 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5665 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5668 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5675 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5679 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5681 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5688 handle_jit_event ();
5690 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5691 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5693 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5694 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5700 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5701 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5702 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5705 bpstat_should_step (void)
5707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5710 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5716 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5718 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5727 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5728 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5729 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5732 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5734 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5735 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5739 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5741 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5743 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5744 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5745 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5750 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5756 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5757 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5759 "host": Host evals condition.
5760 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5761 "target": Target evals condition.
5765 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5767 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5768 char host_evals
= 0;
5769 char target_evals
= 0;
5774 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5777 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5778 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5779 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5781 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5783 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5789 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5790 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5791 else if (target_evals
)
5792 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5794 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5797 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5798 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5801 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5803 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5806 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5807 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5808 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5810 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5811 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5813 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5816 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5819 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5820 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5822 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5824 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5826 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5830 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5832 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5833 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5834 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5836 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5840 uiout
->text ("in ");
5841 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
5842 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
5844 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5845 uiout
->text ("at ");
5847 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5848 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5849 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5852 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5853 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5855 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5861 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5863 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5867 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5868 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5869 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5870 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5871 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5872 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5874 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5878 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5882 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5883 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5884 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5887 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5888 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5894 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5896 struct ep_type_description
5899 const char *description
;
5901 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5903 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5904 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5905 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5906 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5907 {bp_until
, "until"},
5908 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5909 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5910 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5911 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5912 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5913 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5914 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5915 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5916 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5917 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5918 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5919 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5920 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5921 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5922 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5923 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5924 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5925 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5926 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5927 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5928 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5929 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5930 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5931 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5932 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5933 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5934 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5935 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5936 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5939 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5940 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5941 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5942 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5945 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5948 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5949 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5952 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5953 const char *field_name
,
5954 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5957 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5959 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5960 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5961 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5964 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5966 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5972 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5973 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5978 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5982 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5987 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5990 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5991 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5993 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5996 struct command_line
*l
;
5997 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5999 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6000 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6001 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6002 struct value_print_options opts
;
6004 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6006 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6007 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6008 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6011 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6012 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6020 if (part_of_multiple
)
6021 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6023 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6027 if (part_of_multiple
)
6028 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6030 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6034 if (part_of_multiple
)
6035 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6037 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6041 if (part_of_multiple
)
6042 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6044 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6047 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6049 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6050 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6051 make sure there's just one location. */
6052 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6053 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6059 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6060 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6064 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6065 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6066 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6068 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6070 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6071 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6072 is relatively readable). */
6073 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6074 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6076 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6081 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6082 case bp_single_step
:
6086 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6087 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6089 case bp_exception_resume
:
6090 case bp_step_resume
:
6091 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6092 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6094 case bp_std_terminate
:
6095 case bp_shlib_event
:
6096 case bp_thread_event
:
6097 case bp_overlay_event
:
6098 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6099 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6100 case bp_exception_master
:
6102 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6103 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6106 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6107 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6108 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6111 if (header_of_multiple
)
6112 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6113 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6114 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6116 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6117 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6120 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6121 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6128 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6130 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6133 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6135 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6136 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6139 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6140 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6142 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6143 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6144 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6145 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6146 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6147 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6149 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6152 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6154 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6156 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6157 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6158 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6159 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6161 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6163 uiout
->text (" task ");
6164 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6170 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6171 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6173 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6176 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6177 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6179 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6180 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6184 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6187 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6188 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6190 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6191 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6193 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6194 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6195 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6196 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6197 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6200 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6201 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6202 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6207 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6209 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6210 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6211 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6212 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6215 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6217 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6222 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6226 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6227 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6228 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6229 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6230 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6232 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6233 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6234 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6235 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6236 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6238 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6242 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6243 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6244 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6248 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6251 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6252 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6253 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6256 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6257 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6258 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6259 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6262 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6263 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6264 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6265 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6266 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6268 uiout
->text ("next ");
6269 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6270 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6273 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6275 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6277 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6279 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6280 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6281 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6285 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6286 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6289 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6290 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6293 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6295 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6297 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6299 annotate_field (10);
6300 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6301 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6302 uiout
->text (" \n");
6305 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6307 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6309 annotate_field (11);
6311 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6312 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6313 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6319 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6320 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6325 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6327 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6329 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6331 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6333 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6334 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6335 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6336 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6341 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6342 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6345 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6346 bool use_fixed_output
= mi_multi_location_breakpoint_output_fixed (uiout
);
6348 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6349 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6351 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6353 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6354 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6356 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6357 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6358 locations, if any. */
6359 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6361 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6362 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6363 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6366 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6367 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6369 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6370 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6372 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6374 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6375 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6377 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6378 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6381 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6383 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6384 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6391 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6393 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6394 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6396 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6397 address to print. */
6398 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6401 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6405 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6406 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6407 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6410 return print_address_bits
;
6413 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6416 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6418 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6419 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6422 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6423 internal or momentary. */
6426 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6428 return b
->number
> 0;
6431 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6434 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6436 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6439 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6440 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6441 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6442 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6443 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6444 breakpoints listed. */
6447 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6448 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6450 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6451 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6452 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6453 struct value_print_options opts
;
6454 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6455 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6456 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6458 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6460 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6461 required for address fields. */
6462 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6465 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6466 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6469 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6470 accept. Skip the others. */
6471 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6473 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6475 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6479 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6481 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6483 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6484 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6485 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6487 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6488 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6489 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6491 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6496 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6497 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6498 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6501 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6502 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6503 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6505 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6508 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6509 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6511 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6512 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6514 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6515 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6519 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6520 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6522 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6524 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6526 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6527 uiout
->table_body ();
6528 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6529 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6534 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6535 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6538 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6539 accept. Skip the others. */
6541 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6543 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6545 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6548 else /* all others */
6550 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6554 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6556 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6557 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6561 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6563 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6567 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6568 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6570 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6576 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6577 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6580 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6581 there have been breakpoints? */
6582 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6584 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6587 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6588 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6591 default_collect_info (void)
6593 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6595 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6596 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6598 if (!*default_collect
)
6601 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6603 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6604 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6605 uiout
->text (" \n");
6609 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6611 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6613 default_collect_info ();
6617 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6619 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6620 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6622 if (num_printed
== 0)
6624 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6625 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6627 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6632 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6634 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6636 default_collect_info ();
6640 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6641 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6642 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6644 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6646 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6648 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6649 && bl
->address
== pc
6650 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6656 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6657 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6661 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6662 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6663 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6669 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6670 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6674 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6675 else /* if (others == ???) */
6676 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6678 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6681 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6682 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6683 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6684 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6685 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6686 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6687 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6688 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6692 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6694 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6695 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), address_style
.style (), gdb_stdout
);
6696 printf_filtered (".\n");
6701 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6702 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6703 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6704 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6706 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6707 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6708 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6709 breakpoint location at address zero:
6717 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6719 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6721 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6724 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6725 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6728 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6729 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6731 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6732 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6734 /* Both of them must exist. */
6735 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6736 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6738 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6739 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6740 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6741 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6742 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6743 other watchpoint. */
6745 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6747 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6748 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6750 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6752 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6753 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6756 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6757 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6758 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6759 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6760 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6761 become hw_access locations later. */
6762 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6763 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6764 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6765 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6768 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6771 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6772 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6774 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6775 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6779 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6780 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6781 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6782 space doesn't really matter. */
6785 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6787 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6790 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6791 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6792 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6795 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6796 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6797 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6798 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6801 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6802 const address_space
*aspace
,
6805 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6808 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6809 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6813 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6814 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6815 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6816 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6817 doesn't really matter. */
6820 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6821 const address_space
*aspace
,
6822 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6824 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6825 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6827 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6829 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6835 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6836 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6837 true, otherwise returns false. */
6840 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6841 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6843 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6844 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6845 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6846 different locations. */
6847 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6852 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6853 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6854 represent the same location. */
6857 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6858 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6860 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6862 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6863 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6864 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6866 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6867 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6869 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6872 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6873 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6874 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6876 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6877 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6878 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6879 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6883 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6884 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6886 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6887 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6891 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6892 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6894 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6895 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6897 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6900 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6901 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6902 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6903 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6906 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6907 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6909 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6910 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6911 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6912 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6913 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6915 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6916 have their addresses modified. */
6919 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6921 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6922 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6923 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6924 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6925 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6926 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6931 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6933 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6935 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6936 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6937 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6940 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6942 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6943 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6945 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6946 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6948 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6952 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6954 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6957 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6958 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6961 switch (owner
->type
)
6964 case bp_single_step
:
6968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6969 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6971 case bp_exception_resume
:
6972 case bp_step_resume
:
6973 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6974 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6976 case bp_std_terminate
:
6977 case bp_shlib_event
:
6978 case bp_thread_event
:
6979 case bp_overlay_event
:
6981 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6982 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6983 case bp_exception_master
:
6984 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6985 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6987 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6988 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6990 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6991 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6992 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6994 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6995 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6996 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6997 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7002 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7003 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7004 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7007 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7013 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7015 static struct bp_location
*
7016 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7018 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7022 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7027 /* Increment reference count. */
7030 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7035 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7036 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7039 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7041 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7043 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7044 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7048 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7051 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7053 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7054 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7056 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7057 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7059 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7061 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7066 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7072 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7075 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7076 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7078 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7080 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7084 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7085 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7086 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7087 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7090 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7091 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7093 static struct breakpoint
*
7094 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7096 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7098 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7100 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7101 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7104 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7105 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7109 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7111 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7113 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7114 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7115 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7117 const char *function_name
;
7119 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7120 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7121 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7124 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7126 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7128 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7129 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7131 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7132 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7133 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7134 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7136 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7140 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7143 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7147 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7149 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7152 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7154 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7159 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7160 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7161 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7163 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7164 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7165 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7168 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7169 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7170 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7172 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7174 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7176 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7177 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7179 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7180 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7182 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7183 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7186 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7187 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7188 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7189 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7190 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7191 is also returned as the value of this function.
7193 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7194 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7195 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7196 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7197 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7198 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7199 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7202 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7203 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7204 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7206 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7208 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7209 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7212 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7213 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7214 initiated the operation. */
7217 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7219 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7220 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7222 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7223 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7224 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7225 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7226 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7227 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7228 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7229 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7231 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7232 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7234 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7235 after their removal. */
7236 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7237 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7238 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7241 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7244 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7246 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7248 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7251 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7253 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7254 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7259 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7261 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7264 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7266 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7267 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7271 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7272 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7273 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7277 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7279 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7282 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7284 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7286 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7287 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7289 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7291 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7293 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7296 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7297 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7298 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7299 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7305 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7306 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7309 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7310 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7314 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7316 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7319 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7321 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7323 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7324 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7325 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7326 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7329 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7331 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7333 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7334 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7335 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7337 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7342 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7344 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7347 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7349 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7350 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7351 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7356 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7358 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7361 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7363 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7364 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7365 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7369 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7370 master breakpoint. */
7372 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7377 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7378 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7380 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7381 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7385 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7387 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7389 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7391 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7392 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7393 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7397 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7401 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7402 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7404 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7405 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7406 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7408 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7413 struct lang_and_radix
7419 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7422 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7424 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7425 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7428 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7431 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7433 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7435 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7436 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7437 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7442 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7444 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7446 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7447 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7448 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7449 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7452 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7455 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7457 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7460 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7461 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7462 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7465 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7466 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7467 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7469 static struct breakpoint
*
7470 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7471 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7473 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7475 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7476 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7477 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7482 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7484 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7487 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7490 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7492 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7494 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7496 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7497 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7499 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7505 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7506 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7509 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7511 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7513 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7515 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7516 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7518 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7519 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7520 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7521 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7522 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7523 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7524 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7525 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7526 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7527 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7528 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7529 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7532 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7537 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7538 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7539 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7542 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7544 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7545 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7547 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7549 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7550 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7552 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7553 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7554 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7555 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7556 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7557 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7558 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7559 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7560 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7562 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7563 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7564 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7565 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7568 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7569 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7571 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7573 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7574 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7575 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7578 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7583 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7584 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7585 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7588 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7590 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7592 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7595 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7596 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7597 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7598 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7599 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7600 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7601 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7602 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7603 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7604 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7606 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7607 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7612 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7613 int bp_modified
= 0;
7615 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7618 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7620 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7622 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7623 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7626 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7629 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7632 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7633 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7636 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7638 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7639 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7640 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7641 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7642 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7645 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7652 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7656 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7658 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7659 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7660 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7662 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7664 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7665 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7666 catchpoint has triggered. */
7667 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7670 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7674 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7676 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7679 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7683 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7685 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7688 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7692 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7693 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7694 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7696 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7698 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7701 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7705 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7708 static enum print_stop_action
7709 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7711 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7712 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7713 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7715 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7716 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7717 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7718 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7720 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7721 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7723 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7724 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7726 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7727 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7728 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7729 uiout
->text ("), ");
7730 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7733 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7737 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7739 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7740 struct value_print_options opts
;
7741 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7743 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7745 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7746 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7748 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7749 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7751 uiout
->text ("fork");
7752 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7754 uiout
->text (", process ");
7755 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7759 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7760 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7763 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7767 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7769 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7772 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7776 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7779 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7782 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7784 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7786 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7790 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7792 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7795 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7799 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7801 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7804 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7808 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7809 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7810 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7812 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7814 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7817 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7821 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7824 static enum print_stop_action
7825 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7827 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7828 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7829 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7831 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7832 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7833 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7834 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7836 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7837 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7839 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7840 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7842 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7843 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7844 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7845 uiout
->text ("), ");
7846 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7849 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7853 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7855 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7856 struct value_print_options opts
;
7857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7859 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7860 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7861 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7863 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7864 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7866 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7867 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7869 uiout
->text (", process ");
7870 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7874 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7875 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7878 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7882 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7884 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7887 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7891 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7894 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7897 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7899 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7901 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7902 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7903 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7905 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7907 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7909 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7910 unsigned char is_load
;
7912 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7913 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7915 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7918 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7920 xfree (this->regex
);
7924 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7930 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7936 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7937 const address_space
*aspace
,
7939 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7941 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7942 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7944 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7949 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7951 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7954 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7957 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7960 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7962 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7971 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7973 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7974 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7978 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7981 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7987 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7990 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7996 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7999 static enum print_stop_action
8000 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8002 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8003 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8005 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8006 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8007 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8008 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8010 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8011 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8013 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8014 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8015 print_solib_event (1);
8016 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8020 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8022 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8023 struct value_print_options opts
;
8024 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8026 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8027 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8028 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8030 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8033 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8041 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8043 msg
= _("load of library");
8048 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8050 msg
= _("unload of library");
8052 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8054 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8055 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8059 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8061 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8063 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8064 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8068 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8070 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8072 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8073 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8074 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8077 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8080 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8082 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8083 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8084 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8085 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8086 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8087 created in an enabled state. */
8090 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8092 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8096 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8098 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8102 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8103 _("Invalid regexp")));
8104 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8107 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8108 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8109 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8111 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8113 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8116 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8120 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8121 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8124 const int enabled
= 1;
8126 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8128 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8132 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8133 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8135 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8139 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8140 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8142 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8145 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8146 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8147 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8148 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8151 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8152 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8153 const char *cond_string
,
8154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8156 symtab_and_line sal
;
8157 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8159 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8161 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8162 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8166 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8168 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8169 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8170 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8171 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8174 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8177 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8181 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8182 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8183 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8185 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8187 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8189 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8191 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8194 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8196 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8197 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8198 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8200 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8202 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8204 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8205 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8207 char *exec_pathname
;
8210 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8212 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8214 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8218 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8220 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8224 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8226 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8230 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8231 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8232 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8234 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8236 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8239 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8243 static enum print_stop_action
8244 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8246 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8247 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8248 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8250 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8251 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8252 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8253 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8255 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8256 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8258 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8259 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8261 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8262 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8263 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8264 uiout
->text ("), ");
8266 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8270 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8272 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8273 struct value_print_options opts
;
8274 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8276 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8278 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8279 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8280 is relatively readable). */
8281 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8282 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8284 uiout
->text ("exec");
8285 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8287 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8288 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8289 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8292 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8293 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8297 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8299 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8302 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8306 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8309 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8312 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8315 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8318 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8319 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8323 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8324 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8326 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8328 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8335 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8339 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8342 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8344 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8347 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8349 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8351 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8357 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8358 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8359 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8360 types _not_ TYPE. */
8363 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8364 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8369 *other_type_used
= 0;
8374 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8377 if (b
->type
== type
)
8378 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8379 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8380 *other_type_used
= 1;
8387 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8389 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8393 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8395 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8396 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8402 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8408 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8410 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8411 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8417 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8419 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8420 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8424 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8426 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8427 breakpoint_re_set ();
8430 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8433 static struct breakpoint
*
8434 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8436 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8438 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8439 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8441 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8442 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8445 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8447 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8450 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8451 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8455 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8456 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8460 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8462 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8464 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8465 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8466 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8467 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8469 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8471 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8473 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8476 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8477 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8478 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8480 static struct breakpoint
*
8481 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8483 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8486 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8488 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8489 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8490 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8492 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8493 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8494 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8495 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8496 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8497 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8498 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8499 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8500 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8501 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8502 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8503 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8505 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8506 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8507 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8509 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8513 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8517 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8519 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8523 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8527 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8530 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8532 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8534 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8535 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8537 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8541 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8544 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8546 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8547 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8551 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8553 static struct bp_location
*
8554 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8555 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8557 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8558 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8559 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8561 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8562 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8564 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8565 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8566 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8567 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8568 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8569 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8570 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8573 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8574 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8575 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8576 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8581 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8582 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8583 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8584 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8585 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8586 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8587 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8588 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8589 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8590 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8591 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8592 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8593 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8595 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8596 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8598 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8599 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8600 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8601 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8602 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8603 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8604 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8605 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8606 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8607 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8608 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8609 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8611 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8618 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8621 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8625 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8626 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8629 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8631 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8635 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8637 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8638 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8639 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8640 scoped_restore restore_memory
8641 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8643 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8644 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8650 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8651 return 0 otherwise. */
8654 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8656 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8658 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8659 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8660 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8662 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8665 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8666 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8667 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8670 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8671 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8674 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8676 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8677 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8682 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8684 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8686 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8688 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8690 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8691 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8693 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8694 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8695 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8697 if (!dprintf_function
)
8698 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8700 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8701 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8706 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8710 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8712 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8713 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8716 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8717 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8721 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8722 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8724 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8726 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8727 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8728 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8729 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8730 command_lines_deleter ()));
8733 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8734 current style settings. */
8737 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8738 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8740 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8744 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8745 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8749 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8750 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8751 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8752 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8755 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8756 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8757 event_location_up
&&location
,
8758 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8759 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8760 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8761 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8762 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8763 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8764 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8765 int display_canonical
)
8769 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8771 int target_resources_ok
;
8773 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8774 target_resources_ok
=
8775 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8777 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8778 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8779 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8780 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8783 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8785 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8787 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8791 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8793 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8795 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8796 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8799 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8801 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8805 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8806 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8807 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8808 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8809 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8811 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8812 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8814 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8816 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8817 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8819 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8821 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8822 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8824 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8827 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8829 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8831 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8833 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8835 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8837 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8839 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8841 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8843 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8846 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8847 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8854 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8855 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8861 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8863 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8864 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8866 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8869 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8870 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8871 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8873 if (b
->extra_string
)
8874 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8876 error (_("Format string required"));
8878 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8879 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8882 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8883 if (location
!= NULL
)
8884 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8886 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8887 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8891 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8892 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8893 event_location_up
&&location
,
8894 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8895 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8896 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8897 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8898 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8899 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8900 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8901 int display_canonical
)
8903 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8905 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8906 sals
, std::move (location
),
8908 std::move (cond_string
),
8909 std::move (extra_string
),
8911 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8913 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8916 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8919 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8920 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8921 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8922 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8923 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8924 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8925 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8926 we take just a single condition string.
8928 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8929 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8930 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8931 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8932 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8935 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8936 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8937 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8938 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8939 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8940 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8941 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8942 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8944 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8945 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8947 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8949 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8950 'break', without arguments. */
8951 event_location_up location
8952 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8953 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8954 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8955 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8957 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8958 std::move (location
),
8959 std::move (filter_string
),
8960 std::move (cond_string
),
8961 std::move (extra_string
),
8963 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8964 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8965 canonical
->special_display
);
8969 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8970 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8971 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8972 linespec locations).
8974 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8975 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8978 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8979 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8981 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8983 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8985 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8989 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8990 breakpoint address. */
8991 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8993 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8994 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8995 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8996 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8997 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8998 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8999 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9001 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9003 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9004 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9005 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9006 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9007 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9009 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9011 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9013 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9015 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9019 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9023 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9024 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9025 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9026 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9028 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9029 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9030 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9031 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9033 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9035 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9036 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9040 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9043 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9044 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9045 get_last_displayed_line (),
9046 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9051 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9052 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9056 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9057 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9060 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9062 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9063 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9066 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9067 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9068 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9069 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9070 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9074 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9075 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9077 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9079 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9081 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9082 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9083 associated with SAL. */
9087 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9088 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9089 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9093 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9094 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9095 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9096 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9097 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9098 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9101 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9102 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9105 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9112 const char *end_tok
;
9114 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9115 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9117 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9119 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9121 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9125 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9127 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9129 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9131 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9132 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9134 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9136 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9139 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9142 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9144 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9145 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9148 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9153 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9155 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9156 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9157 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9162 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9166 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9170 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9172 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9173 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9175 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9178 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9180 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9182 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9184 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9185 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9186 if (markers
.empty ())
9187 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9188 marker_str
.c_str ());
9190 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9191 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9193 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9195 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9196 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9197 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9204 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9207 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9208 const struct event_location
*location
,
9209 const char *cond_string
,
9210 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9212 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9214 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9215 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9216 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9219 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9222 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9224 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9226 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9227 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9228 extra_string
= NULL
;
9232 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9234 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9236 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9238 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9240 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9243 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9246 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9248 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9249 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9250 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9251 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9252 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9255 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9256 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9257 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9258 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9265 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9268 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9269 are ok for the target. */
9272 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9273 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9276 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9277 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9279 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9280 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9283 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9284 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9288 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9289 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9296 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9298 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9299 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9300 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9301 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9303 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9304 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9305 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9306 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9310 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9311 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9312 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9314 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9316 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9317 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9319 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9322 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9323 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9324 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9326 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9327 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9328 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9332 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9334 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9335 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9338 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9341 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9342 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9346 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9347 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9348 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9349 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9350 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9351 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9352 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9353 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9354 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9356 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9359 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9361 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9362 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9363 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9366 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9371 /* Set a breakpoint.
9372 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9373 condition, and thread.
9374 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9375 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9379 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9381 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9382 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9383 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9385 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9387 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9389 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9390 if (location
!= NULL
9391 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9392 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9394 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9396 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9398 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9399 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9400 0 /* Ignore count */,
9401 pending_break_support
,
9409 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9412 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9416 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9418 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9419 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9420 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9423 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9424 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9425 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9426 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9429 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9431 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9432 const struct block
*b
;
9435 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9436 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9439 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9442 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9443 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9448 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9449 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9450 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9451 happen in assembly source). */
9453 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9454 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9456 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9458 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9465 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9467 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9471 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9473 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9477 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9479 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9483 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9485 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9489 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9491 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9492 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9493 stop at <line>\n"));
9497 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9501 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9503 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9505 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9508 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9509 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9510 function/method name. */
9511 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9513 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9518 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9520 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9524 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9526 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9530 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9534 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9538 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9541 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9542 it is probably a line number. */
9543 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9545 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9550 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9552 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9556 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9558 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9561 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9562 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9563 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9567 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9569 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9571 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9572 the next character must be ','. */
9575 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9576 error (_("Format string required"));
9579 /* Skip the comma. */
9584 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9586 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9588 0 /* Ignore count */,
9589 pending_break_support
,
9590 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9598 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9600 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9603 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9604 ranged breakpoints. */
9607 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9608 const address_space
*aspace
,
9610 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9612 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9613 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9616 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9617 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9620 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9621 ranged breakpoints. */
9624 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9626 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9629 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9630 ranged breakpoints. */
9632 static enum print_stop_action
9633 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9635 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9636 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9637 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9639 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9641 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9642 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9644 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9646 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9648 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9649 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9651 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9652 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9654 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9655 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9656 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9658 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9661 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9664 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9665 ranged breakpoints. */
9668 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9669 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9671 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9672 struct value_print_options opts
;
9673 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9675 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9676 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9678 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9680 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9681 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9682 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9683 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9685 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9689 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9690 ranged breakpoints. */
9693 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9694 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9696 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9697 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9702 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9703 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9705 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9706 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9707 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9708 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9709 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9713 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9714 ranged breakpoints. */
9717 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9719 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9720 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9723 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9725 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9726 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9727 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9730 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9731 ranged breakpoints. */
9734 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9737 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9738 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9739 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9742 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9744 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9746 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9747 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9748 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9749 last instruction of the given line. */
9752 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9756 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9757 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9758 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9765 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9767 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9769 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9776 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9779 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9781 const char *arg_start
;
9782 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9783 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9785 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9787 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9788 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9789 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9791 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9792 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9793 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9796 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9798 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9799 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9800 error(_("No address range specified."));
9803 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9805 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9808 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9809 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9810 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9812 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9814 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9815 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9816 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9818 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9819 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9821 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9822 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9824 /* Parse the end location. */
9828 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9829 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9830 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9831 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9832 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9833 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9835 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9836 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9837 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9839 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9840 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9842 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9843 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9844 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9845 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9847 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9849 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9850 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9851 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9853 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9855 /* Length overflowed. */
9856 error (_("Address range too large."));
9857 else if (length
== 1)
9859 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9860 the `hbreak' command. */
9861 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9866 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9867 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9868 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9869 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9870 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9871 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9872 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9873 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9874 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9877 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9878 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9881 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9882 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9883 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9887 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9895 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9896 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9899 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9909 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9910 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9911 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9912 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9913 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9915 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9941 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9944 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9945 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9950 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9951 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9952 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9953 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9954 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9955 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9956 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9958 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9959 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9964 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9966 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9967 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9968 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9969 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9971 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9972 are always constant. */
9974 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9976 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9977 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9978 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9983 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9984 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9985 then it is not a constant. */
9994 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9996 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
9998 xfree (this->exp_string
);
9999 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10002 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10005 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10007 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10009 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10010 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10012 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10013 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10014 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10015 are loaded and unloaded.
10017 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10018 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10019 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10020 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10021 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10022 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10024 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10025 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10026 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10027 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10029 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10030 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10032 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10033 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10034 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10037 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10040 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10042 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10043 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10045 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10046 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10049 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10052 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10054 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10055 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10057 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10058 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10062 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10063 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10064 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10066 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10067 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10069 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10070 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10071 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10072 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10073 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10074 (did not match the data address). */
10075 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10076 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10083 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10085 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10087 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10090 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10091 hardware watchpoints. */
10094 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10096 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10097 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10099 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10102 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10103 hardware watchpoints. */
10106 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10108 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10109 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10112 static enum print_stop_action
10113 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10115 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10116 enum print_stop_action result
;
10117 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10118 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10120 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10122 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10123 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10125 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10126 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10130 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10133 case bp_watchpoint
:
10134 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10135 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10136 uiout
->field_string
10137 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10139 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10140 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10141 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10142 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10143 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10144 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10145 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10146 uiout
->text ("\n");
10147 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10148 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10151 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10152 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10153 uiout
->field_string
10154 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10156 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10157 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10158 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10159 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10160 uiout
->text ("\n");
10161 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10164 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10165 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10167 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10168 uiout
->field_string
10170 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10172 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10173 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10174 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10175 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10176 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10181 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10182 uiout
->field_string
10184 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10185 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10186 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10188 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10189 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10190 uiout
->text ("\n");
10191 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10194 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10200 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10204 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10206 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10207 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10208 const char *tuple_name
;
10212 case bp_watchpoint
:
10213 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10214 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10216 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10217 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10218 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10220 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10221 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10222 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10224 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10225 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10226 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10229 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10230 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10233 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10234 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10235 uiout
->text (": ");
10236 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10239 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10243 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10245 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10249 case bp_watchpoint
:
10250 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10253 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10256 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10260 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10261 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10264 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10265 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10268 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10272 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10274 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10275 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10276 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10284 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10286 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10287 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10290 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10292 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10294 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10295 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10298 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10299 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10302 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10304 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10306 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10307 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10310 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10311 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10314 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10316 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10318 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10321 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10322 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10325 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10330 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10331 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10333 static enum print_stop_action
10334 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10336 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10337 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10339 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10340 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10342 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10343 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10347 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10348 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10349 uiout
->field_string
10350 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10353 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10354 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10355 uiout
->field_string
10356 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10359 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10360 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10361 uiout
->field_string
10363 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10366 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10367 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10371 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10372 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10373 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10374 uiout
->text ("\n");
10376 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10377 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10380 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10381 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10384 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10385 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10387 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10389 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10390 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10392 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10393 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10394 uiout
->text ("\n");
10397 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10398 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10401 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10403 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10404 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10405 const char *tuple_name
;
10409 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10410 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10411 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10413 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10414 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10415 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10417 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10418 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10419 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10422 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10423 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10426 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10427 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10428 uiout
->text (": ");
10429 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10432 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10433 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10436 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10438 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10443 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10446 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10449 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10450 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10453 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10454 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10457 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10459 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10462 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10464 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10466 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10469 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10471 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10474 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10475 hw_read: watch read,
10476 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10478 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10479 int just_location
, int internal
)
10481 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10482 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10483 struct value
*result
;
10484 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10485 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10486 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10487 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10489 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10490 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10491 enum bptype bp_type
;
10494 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10495 the hardware watchpoint. */
10497 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10499 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10500 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10502 const char *value_start
;
10504 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10506 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10507 of the arguments string. */
10508 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10510 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10511 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10514 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10515 This is the value of the parameter. */
10516 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10518 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10520 /* Skip whitespace. */
10521 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10526 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10527 This is the parameter itself. */
10528 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10531 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10533 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10535 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10536 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10537 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10538 only in a specific thread. */
10542 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10544 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10545 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10547 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10548 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10549 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10551 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10553 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10555 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10556 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10558 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10561 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10563 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10565 mark
= value_mark ();
10566 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10567 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10568 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10571 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10574 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10575 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10582 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10583 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10585 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10586 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10587 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10588 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10590 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10591 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10593 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10596 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10597 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10601 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10602 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10604 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10607 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10608 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10609 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10610 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10613 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10615 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10616 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10624 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10625 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10626 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10630 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10633 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10634 else if (ret
== -2)
10635 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10638 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10639 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10641 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10642 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10644 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10645 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10647 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10648 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10649 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10651 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10652 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10653 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10658 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10660 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10662 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10664 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10666 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10667 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10668 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10669 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10670 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10672 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10674 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10676 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10677 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10680 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10681 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10682 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10684 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10687 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10689 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10690 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10692 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10693 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10695 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10696 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10697 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10698 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10699 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10700 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10701 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10705 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10706 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10707 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10708 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10710 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10711 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10712 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10713 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10715 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10717 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10720 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10721 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10723 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10724 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10725 w
->thread
= thread
;
10726 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10727 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10728 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10729 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10730 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10733 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10734 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10736 w
->exp_string_reparse
10737 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10739 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10740 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10743 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10747 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10752 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10753 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10758 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10760 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10762 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10764 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10765 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10769 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10770 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10773 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10775 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10776 need to act on them together. */
10777 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10778 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10781 if (!just_location
)
10782 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10784 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10785 that should be inserted. */
10786 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10788 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10791 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10792 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10795 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10797 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10799 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10800 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10803 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10804 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10806 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10807 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10808 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10809 hardware watchpoint.
10811 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10812 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10813 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10814 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10815 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10816 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10817 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10818 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10819 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10821 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10822 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10823 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10824 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10825 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10827 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10829 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10831 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10832 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10833 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10834 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10835 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10836 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10840 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10841 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10842 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10844 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10845 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10846 middle of some value chain. */
10848 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10849 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10851 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10855 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10856 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10857 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10859 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10863 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10867 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10868 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10869 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10870 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10871 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10874 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10875 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10876 return found_memory_cnt
;
10880 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10882 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10885 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10886 calls watch_command_1. */
10889 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10891 int just_location
= 0;
10894 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10895 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10897 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10901 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10905 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10907 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10911 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10913 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10917 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10919 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10923 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10925 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10929 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10931 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10935 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10936 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10939 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10941 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10944 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10945 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10947 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10949 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10951 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10952 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10953 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10954 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10956 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10957 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10961 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10962 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10963 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10966 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10967 until(location)/advance commands. */
10970 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10972 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10973 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10974 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10975 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10976 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10982 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10983 until(location)/advance commands. */
10986 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10988 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10989 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10990 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
10991 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10994 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10995 until(location)/advance commands. */
10997 enum async_reply_reason
10998 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11000 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11004 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11006 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11007 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11008 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11009 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11011 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11013 clear_proceed_status (0);
11015 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11018 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11020 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11021 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11022 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11023 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11024 get_last_displayed_line ())
11025 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11026 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11028 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11029 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11031 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11034 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11036 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11038 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11039 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11041 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11042 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11043 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11046 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11047 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11048 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11049 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11051 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11054 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11056 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11058 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11060 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11061 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11063 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11064 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11065 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11066 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11071 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11072 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11075 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11078 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11080 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11081 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11082 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11083 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11085 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11086 only at the very same frame. */
11087 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11088 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11090 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11091 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11092 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11095 lj_deleter
->release ();
11097 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11100 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11101 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11103 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11104 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11105 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11106 if clause in the arg string. */
11109 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11111 const char *cond_string
;
11113 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11116 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11119 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11120 condition string. */
11121 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11122 cond_string
= *arg
;
11124 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11126 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11128 return cond_string
;
11131 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11132 process start/exit, etc. */
11136 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11137 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11142 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11143 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11145 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11146 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11147 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11150 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11151 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11152 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11156 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11158 /* The allowed syntax is:
11160 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11162 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11163 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11165 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11166 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11168 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11169 and enable reporting of such events. */
11172 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11173 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11174 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11175 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11177 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11178 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11179 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11180 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11183 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11189 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11190 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11192 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11194 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11196 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11200 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11202 /* The allowed syntax is:
11204 catch exec if <cond>
11206 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11207 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11209 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11210 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11212 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11213 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11214 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11215 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11217 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11221 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11222 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11223 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11224 const char *addr_string
,
11225 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11232 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11234 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11236 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11237 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11238 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11239 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11240 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11241 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11242 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11243 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11244 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11245 enough for now, though. */
11248 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11250 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11251 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11252 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11253 language_def (language_ada
));
11254 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11258 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11260 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11265 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11267 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11270 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11273 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11275 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11276 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11278 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11280 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11283 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11287 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11290 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11293 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11295 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11298 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11299 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11300 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11304 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11305 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11306 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11308 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11312 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11313 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11314 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11315 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11316 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11317 error (_("No source file specified."));
11323 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11324 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11325 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11326 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11328 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11329 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11330 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11331 due to optimization, all in one block.
11333 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11334 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11335 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11336 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11337 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11338 to support that. */
11340 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11341 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11342 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11345 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11346 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11348 const char *sal_fullname
;
11350 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11351 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11352 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11355 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11360 1 0 <can't happen> */
11362 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11363 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11365 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11369 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11370 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11372 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11373 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11375 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11376 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11377 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11379 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11380 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11381 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11382 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11383 int line_match
= 0;
11385 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11386 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11387 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11388 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11389 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11390 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11391 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11394 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11403 found
.push_back (b
);
11407 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11408 if (found
.empty ())
11411 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11413 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11416 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11417 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11418 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11420 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11422 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11423 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11425 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11429 if (found
.size () > 1)
11430 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11433 if (found
.size () == 1)
11434 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11436 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11439 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11442 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11443 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11446 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11449 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11450 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11451 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11454 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11456 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11458 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11459 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11460 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11462 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11466 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11467 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11471 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11472 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11473 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11474 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11475 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11476 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11479 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11481 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11482 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11484 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11485 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11487 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11488 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11491 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11492 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11493 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11495 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11496 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11497 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11499 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11500 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11501 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11503 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11504 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11505 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11507 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11510 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11511 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11512 content of the bp_locations array. */
11515 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11517 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11519 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11520 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11522 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11524 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11526 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11529 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11530 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11532 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11533 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11534 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11535 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11537 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11539 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11540 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11541 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11542 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11546 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11549 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11551 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11552 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11554 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11556 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11558 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11559 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11560 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11562 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11563 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11564 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11567 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11569 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11570 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11572 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11575 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11578 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11580 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11581 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11582 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11583 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11586 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11588 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11591 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11593 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11594 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11595 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11596 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11600 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11603 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11605 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11606 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11607 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11608 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11610 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11611 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11612 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11613 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11614 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11616 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11617 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11618 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11619 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11620 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11621 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11622 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11623 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11626 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11627 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11628 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11632 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11634 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11635 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11636 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11639 address
= bl
->address
;
11640 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11642 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11643 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11644 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11646 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11647 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11650 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11651 the same program space as the location
11652 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11653 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11654 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11658 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11659 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11662 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11663 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11664 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11665 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11666 that have already been marked. */
11667 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11669 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11671 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11674 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11675 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11676 locations are duplicate of which.
11678 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11679 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11683 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11686 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11687 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11688 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11689 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11690 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11692 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11693 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11694 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11695 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11696 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11698 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11699 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11700 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11701 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11703 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11704 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11705 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11706 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11707 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11709 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11710 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11711 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11713 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11714 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11715 bp_locations_count
++;
11717 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11718 locp
= bp_locations
;
11719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11720 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11722 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11723 bp_locations_compare
);
11725 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11727 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11728 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11729 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11730 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11731 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11734 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11735 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11737 locp
= bp_locations
;
11738 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11739 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11742 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11743 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11745 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11746 not, we have to free it. */
11747 int found_object
= 0;
11748 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11749 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11752 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11753 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11754 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11755 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11759 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11760 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11763 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11764 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11765 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11767 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11768 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11769 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11771 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11772 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11775 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11779 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11780 have to go through updates again. */
11781 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11783 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11785 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11787 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11788 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11789 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11790 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11791 at certain location is not inserted. */
11793 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11795 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11798 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11800 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11801 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11802 keep_in_target
= 1;
11806 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11807 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11808 remove its target-side condition. */
11810 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11811 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11812 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11813 this one from the target. */
11815 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11816 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11819 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11820 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11823 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11825 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11827 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11828 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11829 supported, but the latter are. */
11830 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11832 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11833 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11836 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11837 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11839 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11840 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11842 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11843 keep_in_target
= 1;
11851 if (!keep_in_target
)
11853 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11855 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11856 this location on the global list, and try to
11857 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11858 reason why we will succeed next time.
11860 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11861 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11862 only after calling us. */
11863 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11864 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11865 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11873 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11874 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11876 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11877 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11878 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11879 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11880 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11881 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11882 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11883 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11884 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11885 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11886 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11887 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11888 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11889 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11892 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11893 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11895 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11896 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11897 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11898 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11899 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11900 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11901 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11902 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11903 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11904 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11905 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11906 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11907 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11910 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11911 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11912 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11913 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11915 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11916 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11917 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11918 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11919 traps we can no longer explain. */
11921 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11922 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11924 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11928 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11929 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11934 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11935 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11936 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11937 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11938 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11939 are sorted first for the same address.
11941 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11942 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11944 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11945 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11946 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11947 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11952 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11955 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11956 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
11957 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11958 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11959 `struct bp_location'. */
11960 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11962 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11963 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11967 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11968 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11969 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11970 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11971 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11972 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11974 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11976 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11977 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11978 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11980 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11981 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11983 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11985 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11986 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11987 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11993 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11994 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11995 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11997 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11998 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12000 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12001 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12004 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12006 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12007 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12010 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12011 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12012 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12013 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12014 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12016 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12020 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12021 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12025 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12027 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12029 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12030 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12032 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12033 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12040 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12045 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12047 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12052 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12055 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12059 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12060 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12062 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12063 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12064 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12068 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12070 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12072 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12074 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12078 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12082 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12084 struct value_print_options opts
;
12086 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12088 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12090 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12092 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12093 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12094 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12095 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12097 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12098 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12100 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12102 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12103 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12108 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12109 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12115 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12117 printf_filtered (" at ");
12118 fputs_styled (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12119 address_style
.style (),
12122 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12124 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12126 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12128 puts_filtered (": file ");
12129 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12130 file_name_style
.style (),
12132 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12133 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12136 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12137 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12138 real situation somewhat. */
12139 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12140 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12145 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12147 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12149 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12154 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12156 xfree (function_name
);
12159 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12161 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12163 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12164 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12165 xfree (this->filter
);
12168 static struct bp_location
*
12169 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12171 return new bp_location (self
);
12175 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12177 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12180 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12181 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12184 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12186 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12190 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12191 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12193 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12197 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12198 const address_space
*aspace
,
12200 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12202 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12206 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12211 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12215 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12217 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12220 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12224 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12226 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12229 static enum print_stop_action
12230 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12232 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12236 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12237 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12243 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12245 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12249 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12251 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12255 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12256 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12257 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12258 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12260 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12264 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12265 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12266 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12267 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12268 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12269 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12271 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12272 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12273 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12274 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12276 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12279 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12280 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12281 const struct event_location
*location
,
12282 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12284 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12287 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12290 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12295 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12298 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12300 /* Nothing to do. */
12303 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12305 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12306 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12307 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12308 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12309 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12310 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12311 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12312 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12313 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12315 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12316 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12317 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12318 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12319 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12320 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12321 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12322 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12325 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12328 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12330 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12331 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12333 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12334 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12338 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12342 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12344 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12346 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12347 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12349 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12350 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12352 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12356 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12358 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12359 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12361 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12365 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12366 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12367 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12369 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12370 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12373 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12377 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12378 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12379 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12386 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12387 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12388 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12390 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12391 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12393 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12394 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12395 be set at the same address. */
12399 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12403 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12405 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12410 static enum print_stop_action
12411 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12413 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12414 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12416 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12418 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12420 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12421 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12423 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12424 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12425 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12428 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12429 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12432 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12434 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12435 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12437 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12438 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12439 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12441 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12442 uiout
->text (", ");
12444 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12448 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12450 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12455 case bp_breakpoint
:
12456 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12457 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12458 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12460 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12461 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12462 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12463 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12465 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12466 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12469 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12477 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12479 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12481 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12483 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12484 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12486 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12489 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12490 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12493 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12495 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12496 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12497 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12500 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12504 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12505 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12506 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12508 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12512 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12513 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12514 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12515 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12516 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12517 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12519 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12520 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12521 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12522 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12524 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12525 std::move (cond_string
),
12526 std::move (extra_string
),
12528 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12529 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12530 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12533 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12534 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12535 const struct event_location
*location
,
12536 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12538 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12541 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12544 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12548 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12549 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12550 case bp_overlay_event
:
12551 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12552 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12553 case bp_exception_master
:
12554 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12557 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12558 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12559 case bp_shlib_event
:
12561 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12562 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12563 case bp_thread_event
:
12569 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12571 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12573 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12574 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12575 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12576 objects (among other things). */
12577 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12578 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12584 static enum print_stop_action
12585 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12589 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12593 case bp_shlib_event
:
12594 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12595 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12596 to shlib event" message.) */
12597 print_solib_event (0);
12600 case bp_thread_event
:
12601 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12602 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12603 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12606 case bp_overlay_event
:
12607 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12608 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12611 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12612 /* These should never be enabled. */
12613 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12616 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12617 /* These should never be enabled. */
12618 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12619 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12622 case bp_exception_master
:
12623 /* These should never be enabled. */
12624 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12625 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12629 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12633 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12635 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12638 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12641 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12643 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12644 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12645 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12646 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12650 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12652 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12655 static enum print_stop_action
12656 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12658 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12662 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12664 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12667 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12669 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12670 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12672 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12674 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12677 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12680 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12683 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12685 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12689 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12691 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12698 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12699 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12701 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12702 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12704 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12708 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12709 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12710 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12712 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12714 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12716 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12717 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12720 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12721 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12722 const struct event_location
*location
,
12723 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12725 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12727 error (_("probe not found"));
12731 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12734 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12736 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12740 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12741 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12742 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12744 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12750 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12751 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12753 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12754 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12756 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12758 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12759 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12760 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12761 uiout
->text ("\n");
12766 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12768 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12773 case bp_tracepoint
:
12774 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12775 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12777 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12778 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12779 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12781 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12782 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12783 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12786 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12787 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12794 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12796 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12798 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12799 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12800 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12802 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12805 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12806 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12809 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12810 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12812 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12817 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12818 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12819 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12821 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12825 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12826 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12827 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12828 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12829 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12830 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12832 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12833 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12834 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12835 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12837 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12838 std::move (cond_string
),
12839 std::move (extra_string
),
12841 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12842 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12843 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12846 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12847 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12848 const struct event_location
*location
,
12849 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12851 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12854 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12856 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12860 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12861 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12862 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12863 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12865 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12866 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12869 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12870 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12871 const struct event_location
*location
,
12872 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12874 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12875 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12878 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12880 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12883 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12885 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12887 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12888 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12890 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12891 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12892 3 - disconnect from target 1
12893 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12895 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12896 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12897 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12898 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12899 it all the time. */
12900 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12901 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12904 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12907 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12910 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12912 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12915 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12918 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12919 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12920 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12921 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12922 address are all handled. */
12925 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12927 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12928 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12930 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12931 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12932 condition not be evaluated. */
12935 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12936 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12937 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12938 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12939 commands here throws. */
12940 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12941 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12943 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12945 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12946 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12950 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12954 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12955 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12956 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12958 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12959 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12961 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12962 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12964 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12965 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12966 canonical
->location
12967 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12970 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12971 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12975 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12976 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12977 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12978 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12979 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12980 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12982 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12983 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12984 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12985 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12987 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12989 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12990 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12991 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12992 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12993 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12994 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12996 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12998 event_location_up location
12999 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13001 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13002 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13003 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13004 std::move (cond_string
),
13005 std::move (extra_string
),
13006 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13007 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13008 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13009 canonical
->special_display
);
13010 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13011 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13012 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13013 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13014 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13015 corresponds to this one */
13016 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13018 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13022 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13023 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13024 const struct event_location
*location
,
13025 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13027 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13028 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13030 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13031 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13033 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13038 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13041 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13044 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13046 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13049 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13053 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13055 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13057 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13059 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13060 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13063 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13064 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13065 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13066 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13067 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13070 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13071 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13072 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13073 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13075 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13078 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13079 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13080 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13082 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13083 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13085 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13086 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13087 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13088 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13092 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13094 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13095 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13096 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13097 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13098 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13101 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13102 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13103 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13104 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13106 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13108 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13109 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13111 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13112 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13114 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13118 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13120 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13121 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13122 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13123 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13124 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13125 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13126 commands won't work. */
13128 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13130 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13131 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13132 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13133 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13134 might be better design to have location completely
13135 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13136 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13138 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13139 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13140 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13144 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13145 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13148 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13149 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13151 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13156 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13158 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13159 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13161 if (next
== related
)
13163 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13164 function (related
);
13166 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13167 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13172 function (related
);
13176 while (related
!= b
);
13180 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13182 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13188 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13190 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13191 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13192 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13194 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13196 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13200 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13202 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13204 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13205 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13206 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13210 map_breakpoint_numbers
13211 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13213 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13217 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13218 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13222 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13224 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13226 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13227 if ((pspace
== NULL
13228 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13229 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13230 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13235 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13236 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13237 Null names are ignored. */
13240 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13242 struct bp_location
*l
;
13243 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13246 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13249 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13251 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13255 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13257 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13261 htab_delete (htab
);
13267 htab_delete (htab
);
13271 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13272 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13273 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13274 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13275 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13276 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13277 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13278 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13281 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13282 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13283 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13284 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13285 in the sources, and output a warning.
13287 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13288 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13289 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13290 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13291 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13294 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13295 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13296 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13297 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13298 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13299 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13300 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13301 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13302 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13304 static struct symtab_and_line
13305 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13307 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13308 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13313 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13315 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13317 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13318 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13319 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13320 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13322 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13327 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13329 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13331 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13332 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13334 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13335 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13336 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13338 if (!markers
.empty ())
13340 struct symbol
*sym
;
13341 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13342 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13343 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13345 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13347 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13349 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13350 "found at previous line number"),
13351 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13353 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13354 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13355 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13358 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
13359 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
13360 uiout
->text (" at ");
13362 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13363 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13364 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13367 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13369 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13371 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13374 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13375 uiout
->text ("\n");
13377 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13378 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13380 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13381 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13382 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13383 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13384 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13385 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13386 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13388 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13395 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13396 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13399 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13403 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13406 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13409 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13416 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13422 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13423 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13424 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13426 static struct bp_location
*
13427 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13429 struct bp_location head
;
13430 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13431 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13432 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13434 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13445 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13460 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13461 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13462 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13463 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13467 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13468 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13469 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13470 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13472 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13474 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13476 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13478 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13479 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13480 "multiple locations found\n"),
13485 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13486 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13487 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13488 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13489 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13490 individual locations. */
13491 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13494 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13496 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13498 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13500 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13502 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13504 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13506 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13510 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13513 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13514 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13517 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13519 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13520 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13521 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13522 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13526 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13528 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13530 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13534 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13537 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13538 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13539 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13540 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13541 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13542 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13543 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13545 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13547 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13549 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13550 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13552 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13553 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13561 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13562 if (l
->function_name
13563 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13573 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13574 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13577 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13578 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13580 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13581 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13582 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13584 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13586 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13588 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13592 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13594 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13596 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13598 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13599 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13600 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13601 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13602 state, then user already saw the message about that
13603 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13605 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13606 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13608 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13609 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13610 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13611 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13612 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13613 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13615 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13617 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13618 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13619 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13620 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13621 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13622 which approach is better. */
13623 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13627 exception
= std::move (e
);
13630 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13632 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13633 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13634 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13636 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13639 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13640 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13642 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13644 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13645 b
->thread
= thread
;
13649 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13650 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13652 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13655 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13656 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13666 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13667 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13671 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13673 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13674 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13677 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13678 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13680 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13682 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13684 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13685 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13686 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13688 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13691 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13694 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13695 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13698 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13699 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13700 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13702 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13705 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13706 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13710 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13711 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13712 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13713 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13714 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13715 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13717 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13718 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13719 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13720 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13722 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13723 std::move (cond_string
),
13724 std::move (extra_string
),
13725 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13726 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13727 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13730 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13731 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13733 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13734 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13735 const struct event_location
*location
,
13736 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13738 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13740 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13741 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13742 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13745 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13746 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13748 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13750 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13751 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13756 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13759 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13761 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13762 set_language (b
->language
);
13764 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13767 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13768 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13771 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13773 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13776 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13777 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13778 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13780 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13781 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13782 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13783 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13784 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13785 we select the current frame.
13787 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13788 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13789 have been reset. */
13790 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13791 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13793 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13794 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13795 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13796 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13802 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13804 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13806 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13807 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13812 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13815 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13816 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13817 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13818 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13820 /* Now we can insert. */
13821 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13824 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13826 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13827 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13829 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13831 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13833 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13835 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13836 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13837 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13839 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13843 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13844 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13845 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13848 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13850 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13856 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13858 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13860 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13861 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13866 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13870 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13871 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13873 else if (count
== 1)
13874 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13877 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13878 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13881 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13885 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13888 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13891 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13893 const char *p
= args
;
13897 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13899 num
= get_number (&p
);
13901 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13903 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13905 set_ignore_count (num
,
13906 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13909 printf_filtered ("\n");
13913 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13914 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13917 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13918 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13920 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13922 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13923 bp_num_range
.first
);
13927 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13929 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13931 bool match
= false;
13933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13934 if (b
->number
== i
)
13941 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13946 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13950 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13951 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13953 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13954 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13956 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13958 while (!parser
.finished ())
13960 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13961 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13965 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13966 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13968 static struct bp_location
*
13969 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13971 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13974 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13979 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13980 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13983 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13986 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13987 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13990 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13993 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13994 enum class extract_bp_kind
13996 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13999 /* Extracting a location number. */
14003 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14004 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14005 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14006 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14007 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14010 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14011 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14013 const char *end
= start
;
14014 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14016 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14017 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14018 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14019 int (end
- start
), start
);
14021 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14022 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14023 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14024 int (end
- start
), start
);
14026 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14031 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14032 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14033 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14034 are always positive integers. */
14036 static std::pair
<int, int>
14037 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14038 const std::string
&arg
,
14039 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14041 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14042 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14043 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14044 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14046 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14047 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14048 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14049 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14050 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14054 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14055 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14056 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14057 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14059 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14060 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14061 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14062 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14063 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14067 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14068 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14069 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14074 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14075 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14078 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14080 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14081 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14082 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14083 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14084 location number range.
14088 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14089 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14090 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14092 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14094 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14096 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14098 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14099 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14102 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14103 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14105 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14110 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14112 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14113 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14114 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14118 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14119 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14122 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14124 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14127 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14129 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14130 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14132 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14133 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14134 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14135 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14137 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14139 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14142 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14143 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14144 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14145 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14149 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14150 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14153 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14154 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14157 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14158 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14159 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14162 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14164 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14165 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14166 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14167 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14170 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14172 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14173 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14175 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14176 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14178 struct bp_location
*location
;
14180 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14181 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14184 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14186 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14189 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14190 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14191 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14192 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14195 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14199 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14202 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14205 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14207 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14212 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14214 while (!num
.empty ())
14216 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14218 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14220 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14221 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14223 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14224 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14226 ? enable_breakpoint
14227 : disable_breakpoint
);
14231 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14233 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14234 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14236 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14241 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14242 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14243 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14244 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14247 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14249 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14253 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14256 int target_resources_ok
;
14258 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14261 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14262 target_resources_ok
=
14263 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14265 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14266 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14267 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14268 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14271 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14273 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14274 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14278 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14280 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14281 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14282 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14284 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14286 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14287 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14293 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14295 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14296 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14298 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14299 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14301 struct bp_location
*location
;
14303 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14304 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14307 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14308 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14309 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14311 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14316 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14318 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14321 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14322 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14323 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14324 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14327 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14329 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14333 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14335 map_breakpoint_numbers
14336 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14338 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14339 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14341 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14347 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14352 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14354 count
= get_number (&args
);
14356 map_breakpoint_numbers
14357 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14359 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14360 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14362 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14368 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14370 map_breakpoint_numbers
14371 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14373 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14374 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14376 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14382 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14387 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14391 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14392 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14396 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14397 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14398 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14400 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14403 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14404 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14406 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14408 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14410 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14412 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14413 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14414 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14415 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14424 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14427 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14428 const address_space
*aspace
,
14431 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14432 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14433 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14435 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14437 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14438 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14441 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14443 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14444 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14445 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14447 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14450 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14453 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14455 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14456 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14458 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14460 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14462 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14463 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14465 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14466 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14474 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14477 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14478 const address_space
*aspace
,
14481 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14483 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14485 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14491 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14495 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14498 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14502 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14503 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14509 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14511 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14513 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14515 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14516 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14520 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14522 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14524 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14526 if (location
!= NULL
14527 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14528 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14530 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14532 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14534 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14536 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14537 0 /* Ignore count */,
14538 pending_break_support
,
14542 0 /* internal */, 0);
14546 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14548 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14550 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14552 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14554 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14555 0 /* Ignore count */,
14556 pending_break_support
,
14557 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14560 0 /* internal */, 0);
14563 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14566 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14568 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14569 event_location_up location
;
14571 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14572 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14573 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14575 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14576 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14580 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14581 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14584 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14586 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14588 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14589 0 /* Ignore count */,
14590 pending_break_support
,
14594 0 /* internal */, 0);
14597 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14598 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14600 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14601 static int next_cmd
;
14604 read_uploaded_action (void)
14606 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14608 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14610 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14617 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14618 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14619 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14620 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14621 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14623 struct tracepoint
*
14624 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14626 const char *addr_str
;
14627 char small_buf
[100];
14628 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14630 if (utp
->at_string
)
14631 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14634 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14635 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14636 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14638 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14639 "source location, using raw address"),
14641 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14642 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14645 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14646 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14647 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14648 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14651 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14653 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14655 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14656 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14658 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14659 0 /* Ignore count */,
14660 pending_break_support
,
14661 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14663 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14665 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14668 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14669 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14670 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14674 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14677 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14680 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14681 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14682 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14684 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14686 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14691 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14693 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14695 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14696 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14697 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14698 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14701 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14702 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14703 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14708 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14712 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14714 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14717 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14719 if (num_printed
== 0)
14721 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14722 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14724 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14727 default_collect_info ();
14730 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14731 Not supported by all targets. */
14733 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14735 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14738 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14739 Not supported by all targets. */
14741 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14743 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14746 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14748 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14756 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14758 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14759 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14760 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14762 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14763 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14765 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14769 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14771 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14773 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14774 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14775 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14779 map_breakpoint_numbers
14780 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14782 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14786 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14789 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14791 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14792 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14794 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14795 tp
->number
, count
);
14798 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14800 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14801 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14802 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14805 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14807 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14810 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14811 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14812 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14814 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14816 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14817 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14819 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14821 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14823 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14825 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14827 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14828 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14831 else if (*args
== '\0')
14833 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14835 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14839 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14840 while (!parser
.finished ())
14842 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14844 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14849 struct tracepoint
*
14850 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14852 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14854 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14855 if (t
->number
== num
)
14856 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14861 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14862 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14865 struct tracepoint
*
14866 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14868 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14870 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14872 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14874 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14881 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14882 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14883 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14884 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14886 struct tracepoint
*
14887 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14888 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14890 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14892 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14894 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14896 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14897 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14899 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14900 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14902 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14906 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14907 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14910 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14914 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14915 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14917 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14920 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14925 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14927 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14933 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14936 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14937 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14938 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14942 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14943 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14945 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14947 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14949 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14950 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14952 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14955 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14956 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14959 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14960 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14965 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14967 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14969 /* We can stop searching. */
14976 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14980 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14984 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14985 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14986 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14988 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14989 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14993 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14994 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14997 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14998 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15001 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15003 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15004 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15007 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15008 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15010 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15011 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15013 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15015 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15017 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15020 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15022 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15024 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15028 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15029 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15032 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15033 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15035 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15036 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15037 special, and not user visible. */
15038 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15040 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15043 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15045 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15049 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15050 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15053 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15056 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15059 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15061 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15064 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15067 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15069 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15072 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15074 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15075 all_tracepoints (void)
15077 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15078 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15080 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15082 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15089 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15090 locations used by several commands. */
15092 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15093 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15094 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15095 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15096 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15097 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15099 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15100 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15101 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15103 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15104 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15105 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15106 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15107 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15109 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15110 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15111 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15112 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15113 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15114 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15116 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15117 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15118 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15121 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15122 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15123 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15124 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15125 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15126 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15127 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15130 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15131 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15133 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15134 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15135 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15136 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15137 conditions are different.\n\
15139 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15141 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15142 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15144 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15145 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15148 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15149 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15150 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15151 void *user_data_catch
,
15152 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15154 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15156 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15158 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15159 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15160 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15162 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15164 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15165 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15166 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15170 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15172 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15173 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15174 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15177 struct breakpoint
*
15178 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15181 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15185 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15192 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15193 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15196 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15198 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15199 non-inline function. */
15200 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15206 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15207 have been inlined. */
15210 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15211 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15213 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15214 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15218 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15221 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15223 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15224 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15232 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15235 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15237 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15239 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15240 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15241 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15245 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15247 static int initialized
= 0;
15249 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15255 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15256 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15257 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15258 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15259 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15260 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15261 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15262 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15263 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15264 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15265 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15266 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15268 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15269 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15270 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15271 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15272 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15273 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15274 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15275 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15277 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15278 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15279 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15280 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15281 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15282 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15283 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15284 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15285 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15286 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15288 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15289 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15290 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15291 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15292 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15293 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15294 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15296 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15297 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15298 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15299 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15300 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15301 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15302 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15304 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15305 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15306 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15307 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15308 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15309 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15310 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15313 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15314 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15315 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15316 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15317 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15318 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15319 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15320 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15321 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15322 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15323 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15324 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15325 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15327 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15328 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15329 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15330 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15331 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15332 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15333 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15334 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15335 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15336 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15337 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15340 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15341 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15342 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15343 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15344 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15345 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15346 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15347 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15348 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15349 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15351 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15352 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15353 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15354 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15355 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15357 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15358 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15359 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15360 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15361 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15362 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15364 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15365 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15366 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15368 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15369 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15370 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15371 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15372 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15373 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15375 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15376 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15377 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15378 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15379 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15380 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15381 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15382 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15383 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15384 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15386 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15387 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15388 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15389 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15390 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15391 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15392 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15393 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15394 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15395 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15397 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15398 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15399 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15400 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15401 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15402 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15403 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15404 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15405 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15406 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15407 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15409 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15410 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15411 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15412 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15413 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15414 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15415 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15416 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15417 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15420 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15422 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15424 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15426 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15429 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15431 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15433 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15435 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15436 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15437 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15439 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15440 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15441 before a breakpoint is set. */
15442 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15444 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15446 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15447 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15448 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15450 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15451 commands_command
, _("\
15452 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15453 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15454 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15456 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15457 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15458 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15459 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15460 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15462 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15463 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15464 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15465 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15466 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15468 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15469 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15470 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15471 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15472 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15474 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15475 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15477 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15478 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15479 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15480 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15482 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15483 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15485 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15486 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15487 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15488 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15490 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15491 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15493 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15494 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15495 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15496 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15497 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15498 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15499 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15501 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15503 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15504 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15505 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15506 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15507 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15508 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15510 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15511 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15512 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15515 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15516 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15517 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15520 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15521 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15522 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15523 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15526 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15527 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15528 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15531 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15532 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15533 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15536 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15537 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15538 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15539 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15542 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15543 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15544 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15545 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15546 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15547 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15548 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15549 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15551 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15552 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15553 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15554 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15555 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15556 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15559 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15560 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15561 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15562 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15564 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15565 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15566 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15567 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15568 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15570 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15571 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15572 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15573 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15574 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15577 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15578 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15579 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15581 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15582 is executing in.\n"
15583 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15584 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15585 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15587 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15588 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15589 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15590 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15592 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15593 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15594 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15595 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15599 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15600 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15601 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15602 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15603 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15604 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15605 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15606 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15607 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15608 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15609 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15610 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15611 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15612 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15613 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15614 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15616 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15617 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15618 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15619 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15620 breakpoint set."));
15623 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15624 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15625 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15626 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15627 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15628 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15629 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15630 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15631 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15633 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15634 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15635 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15636 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15637 breakpoint set."));
15639 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15641 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15642 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15643 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15644 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15645 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15646 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15647 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15648 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15649 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15650 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15651 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15652 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15653 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15655 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15656 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15657 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15658 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15660 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15662 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15663 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15664 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15665 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15667 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15668 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15669 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15670 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15672 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15673 catch_fork_command_1
,
15675 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15676 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15677 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15678 catch_fork_command_1
,
15680 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15681 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15682 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15683 catch_exec_command_1
,
15687 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15688 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15689 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15690 catch_load_command_1
,
15694 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15695 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15696 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15697 catch_unload_command_1
,
15702 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15703 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15704 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15705 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15706 an expression changes.\n\
15707 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15708 the memory to which it refers."));
15709 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15711 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15712 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15713 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15714 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15715 an expression is read.\n\
15716 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15717 the memory to which it refers."));
15718 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15720 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15721 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15722 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15723 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15724 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15725 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15726 the memory to which it refers."));
15727 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15729 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15730 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15732 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15733 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15734 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15735 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15736 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15737 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15738 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15739 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15740 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15743 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15744 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15746 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15748 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15750 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15751 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15753 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15754 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15755 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15757 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15758 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15759 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15760 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15762 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15763 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15765 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15766 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15767 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15769 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15770 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15772 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15773 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15774 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15775 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15776 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15777 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15778 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15779 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15780 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15782 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15783 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15784 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15785 conditions are different.\n\
15787 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15788 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15789 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15791 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15792 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15793 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15794 last tracepoint set."));
15796 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15798 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15799 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15800 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15801 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15803 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15805 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15806 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15807 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15808 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15810 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15812 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15813 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15814 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15815 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15817 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15819 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15820 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15821 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15822 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15823 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15825 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15826 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15827 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15828 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15830 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15831 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15832 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15833 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15834 session to restore them."),
15836 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15838 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15839 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15840 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15842 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15844 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15845 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15847 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15848 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15849 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15850 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15851 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15852 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15853 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15854 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15855 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15856 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15857 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15858 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15860 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15861 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15862 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15863 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15864 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15865 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15866 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15867 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15869 show_pending_break_support
,
15870 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15871 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15873 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15875 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15876 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15877 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15878 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15879 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15880 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15881 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15883 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15884 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15885 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15887 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15888 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15889 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15890 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15891 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15892 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15893 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15894 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15895 when execution stops."),
15897 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15898 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15899 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15901 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15902 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15903 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15904 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15905 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15906 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15907 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15908 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15909 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15910 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15911 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15912 be set to \"gdb\""),
15913 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15914 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15915 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15916 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15918 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15919 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15920 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15921 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15922 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15923 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15924 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15925 or the start of the range\n\
15926 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15927 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15928 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15930 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15931 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15932 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15934 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15935 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15936 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15937 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15938 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15939 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15941 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15942 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15943 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15944 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15945 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15946 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15947 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15948 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15949 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15950 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15951 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15952 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15954 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15955 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15956 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15957 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15958 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15959 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15960 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15962 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15963 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15964 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15965 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15966 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15967 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15968 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15970 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15971 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15972 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15973 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15974 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15975 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15978 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15980 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15981 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
15982 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15984 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
15986 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
15987 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);